Search
|
ee
PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi ‘soft pillow’, pehme loomuga ‘soft-natured’) and from unpleasant touch experience to mentally unpleasant experience (okkaline roos ‘thorny rose’, okkaline iseloom ‘thorny character’). The study of systematic polysemy points to a strong link between the domains of tactile touch and feelings.

The lexicographic presentation of polysemous patterns varied. The pattern was represented as: 1) two distinct primary meanings; 2) primary meaning and submeaning(s); 3) a common aggregate meaning; 4) systematic polysemy that appeared in the corpus but was not presented. The analysis showed that lexicographers may perceive and present one and the same pattern in different ways; therefore, familiarity with polysemy patterns associated with the respective semantic type could contribute to a more systematic presentation.

 

Maria Tuulik (b. 1985), PhD, Institute of the Estonian Language, Lexicographer (Roosi­krantsi 6, 10119 Tallinn), maria.tuulik@eki.ee

Keywords: usage-based linguistics, corpus linguistics, language planning, corpus planning, verb government, Estonian

For over a century, attempts have been made in Estonian language planning to standardize the oblique case selection of verbs (traditionally: verb government), but variation persists in actual language use. In this paper we look at the case selection patterns of a number of verbs, with which variation is said to occur without any semantic difference.

We look at the historical process of how corpus planning has decided on the “right” case-selection and compare it to actual language use from 1900–1939 and 2019–2021. Our analysis shows that variation is still present in the 2019–2021 data. A detailed multifactorial analysis of variation between comitative or allative marking of the oblique argument of the verb sarnanema ‘to resemble’ reveals that the most important factor affecting the choice between the two is in fact semantic, which has remained unnoticed by language planners for over a century. Language planners should therefore systematically take into account the results of linguistic research (based on actual language use), and linguists, in turn, should pay attention to variations in Standard Estonian in order to provide new input for language planners.

 

Lydia Risberg (b. 1988), MA, Institute of the Estonian Language, Junior Researcher, Language Planner (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu); University of Tartu, Doctoral Student, lydia.risberg@eki.ee

Liina Lindström (b. 1973), PhD, University of Tartu, Professor of Modern Estonian Lan­guage (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), liina.lindstrom@ut.ee

Keywords: autobiographical writings, modernity, nature, vernacular literarcy

The article looks at nature references in texts written in the 1890s by two men born in the middle of the 19th century: namely, the autobiographical writings of farmer and school teacher Paulus Paurmann (1850–1903), and the diary of miller Märt Siipsen (1846–1916). Paurmann and Siipsen can be called vernacular literati – despite their poor education they were eager to participate in the modern literary sphere as both readers and writers. Both men depended on nature in their livelihood – this combined with their interest in contemporary literary matters makes them good examples of the spread of modern ideas about nature among the lower social classes. 

The influence of these ideas can manifest in at least three different ways: (1) as an interest in modern scientific ideas; (2) as a wish to shape nature – plant new species, apply new technologies; (3) by using nature (as well as poetic language stemming from nature) to express one’s identity, to position oneself with respect to modern identity markers.

In Siipsen’s text we can see two different ways of positioning oneself in relation to nature: passive (religious) and active (practical). In some passages he states that everything which happens in nature depends on God, whereas in others he describes attempts at designing his surroundings by adding new plants and birds. The relationship between the two remains ambiguous. 

Paurmann has written two autobiographies. The earlier one uses a lot of descriptions of and metaphorical references to nature and its composition adheres to the poetics of sentimental chapbooks; the latter one is written in plain language and barely mentions nature at all. That is to say, references to nature in his writings depend on the chosen poetic language.

In conclusion, we can see that both men have incorporated into their writings certain new ideas about nature that were disseminated in the written discourse at the time. Siipsen mostly describes new ways of designing one’s farmyard, whereas Paurmann turns to poetic uses of nature.

 

Katre Kikas (b. 1981), MA, Estonian Literary Museum, Department of Folklore Studies, Researcher (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), katre.kikas@folklore.ee

Keywords: 21st century literature, eco-fiction, citizen science, ornithology

The article compares birdwatchers’ experience of nature with the natural environment as conveyed in literary fiction. The source materials comprise, first of all, interviews conducted with (mostly amateur) Estonian birdwatchers and, secondly, contemporary Estonian and Swedish literary fiction: Maarja Pärtna’s prose poetry collection “The Living City” (Elav linn, 2022), Andrus Kivirähk’s book “Flight to the Moon” (Lend Kuule, 2022), Tõnis Tootsen’s novel “Pâté of the Apes: One Primate’s Thoughts and Memories” (Ahvide pasteet, 2022) and Kerstin Ekman’s novel “The Wolf Run” (Löpa varg, 2021; Estonian translation 2022). The focus is on whether and how the concerns of nature observers relate to anxiety about changes in the natural environment as expressed in contemporary literature. Amateur environmental ­science projects aim to draw attention to concerns about the natural environment and climate change and thereby strive for a smaller personal environmental impact. Eco-fiction, in turn, puts environmental issues into words, setting them into a fathomable, although perhaps altogether unexpected scale: hence, eco-prose and -poesy are essential ways of perceiving that also serve to interpret the ongoing changes.

Environment-oriented literary culture has responded to issues with the natural environment before. Now, too, it can be concluded that environmental concerns have made a forceful entry into literature. All of the above-mentioned authors have found their unique way of conceptualizing our home in an era of environmental crises. Their recently published works tell stories about our surroundings and interpret the present situation; they discuss the anthropocentric viewpoint or depict the human focus from an unexpected perspective; they draw attention to our alien­ation from nature; they reposition the reader and thereby seek solutions to environmental issues. Among other things, they highlight environmentally friendly ways of living and experiencing the world or look at the world through non-human eyes, thus bringing the narrator closer to other forms of being. The writers share with birdwatchers the post-humanist idea of the equality of species as well as a sharp eye for their subject.

 

Elle-Mari Talivee (b. 1974), PhD, Estonian Academy of Sciences, Under and Tuglas ­Literature Centre, Senior Researcher (Väikese Illimari 12, 11623 Tallinn); Tallinn University, Research Fellow, ellemari@utkk.ee

Keywords: Estonian literature, curricula, literary education, Soviet schools, ideology, identity

The article looks at changes in the literature curriculum throughout the Soviet occupation. It discusses the content of the curricula, the ideological context, as well as the proportion of the curriculum dedicated to literary education. Due to the sheer volume of the material available, the article limits itself to mapping out the topic: whether and how the ideological emphases evolved during different periods (Stalinism, the Khrushchev Thaw, the Era of Stagnation); the ratio of Russian (Soviet) to Estonian authors covered in the literary curriculum; the educational system paradoxes involved in literature as a school subject that allows for the expression of certain views.

Three observations are drawn in conclusion.

Firstly, in ideological and party-led education, literature lessons held a special place in Soviet schools. Literature – alongside history – was considered the most important subject for shaping the students’ views.

Secondly, a remarkable portion of the curriculum was allotted to literary education conceived in this manner, to make sure that the mandated authors could be discussed in depth. Without doubt, this involved communist instruction – the intensity of which varied greatly depending on the head of school, the teachers and the decade at hand. However, Estonian literature, especially the literary classics, could still be covered extensively alongside the ideological instruction.

Thirdly, literature lessons evolved into a sphere for the discussion of Estonian nationhood, owing to the fact that the accepted authors represented seminal texts, the examination of which made it possible to also talk about Estonian literary history. In the history of teaching and studying Estonian literature, the Soviet era was particularly notable for its emphasis on literary classics, which undeniably played a crucial role in the preservation of national identity.

The article also notes that Estonian literature largely lost this role in general education schools after Estonia regained its independence.

 

Maarja Vaino (b. 1976), PhD, literary scholar and Director of Tallinn Literary Centre ­(Koidula 12a, 10125 Tallinn), maarja.vaino@gmail.com

References

Arhiiviallikad

Eesti Pedagoogika Arhiivmuuseum (EPAM)

ÕK [õppekava] 1946 = Eesti keel. Kirjandusõpetus. ENSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Pedagoogiline Kirjandus. Fond R 29485.

ÕK 1954 = Eesti kirjanduse programm keskkoolidele. 1953/54. õppeaastaks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 13009.

ÕK 1956 = Keskkooli programmid. Kirjanduslik lugemine. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29424.

ÕK 1961 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli programmid. 1961/62. õppeaastaks. Eesti keel ja kirjandus, vene keel, võõrkeeled. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12987.

ÕK 1962 = Töölisnoorte koolide programmid. Eesti keel ja kirjandus V–VIII klassile. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 12988.

ÕK 1963 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Eesti keel. Kirjandus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1975 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn: Valgus. Fond R 29420.

ÕK 1976 = Fakultatiivkursuste näidisprogrammid. Kirjandus. Teatri- ja filmiõpetus. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Tallinn. [Fondi nr puudub.]

ÕK 1979 = Kirjanduse programm üldhariduskooli IV–XI klassiks. Uus variant aruteluks. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerium. Koost Kalju Leht, Leo Villand. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus. Fond R 29415.

ÕK 1981 = Kaheksaklassilise kooli ja keskkooli programmid. Kirjandus. IV–XI klass. Eesti NSV Haridusministeerim. Tallinn. Fond R 294114.

ÕK 1989 = Üldhariduskooli kirjandusõpetuse programmid V–XII klassile. (Projekt). Eesti NSV Riiklik Hariduskomitee. Autor-koostajad: Märt Hennoste, Ain Kaalep, Andres Kauksi, Mihhail Lotman, Anne Nahkur, Paul-E[e]rik Rummo, Leo Villand, Mari Välba. Tallinn. Fond R 29405.

ÕK 1991 = Üldhariduskooli programmid. Kirjandus X–XII. Eesti Vabariigi Haridus­ministeerium. Eesti Õppekirjanduse Keskus. Tallinn. Fond R 29403.

 

Kirjandus

Andresen, Nigol 1946. Eesti kirjandusloo küsimusi. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 11, lk 638a–651.

Eiert, Maire 2006. Nõuti etteütlusi nõukogude suurmeeste ütluste põhjal. – Nõukogude kool ja õpilane. Koost Enno Tammer. Tallinn: Tammerraamat, lk 137–138.

Elango, Aleksander 1968. Eesti kooli ja pedagoogilise mõtte ajaloost. Tartu: Tartu Riiklik Ülikool.

Golant, Eugen 1949. J. V. Stalini õpetus kommunistlikust kasvatusest ja koolist. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 10, lk 592–605.

Hennoste, Tiit 2022. Ilo ja elu. Valitud artikleid 2005–2021. (Studia litteraria Estonica 23.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Kalamees-Ruubel, Katrin 2014. Eesti keele ja kirjandusõpetuse roll eesti õppekeelega üld­hariduskooli õppekavas 1917–2014. Ajaloolis-analüütiline käsitlus. (Tallinna Ülikool. Sotsiaalteaduste dissertatsioonid 80.) Tallinna Ülikool, kasvatusteaduste instituut. https://www.etera.ee/zoom/1943/view?page=1&p=separate&tool=info

Karjahärm, Toomas; Sirk, Väino 2007. Kohanemine ja vastupanu. Eesti haritlaskond 1940–1987. Tallinn: Argo.

Kopso, Ilmar 1975. Kirjandusõpetuse küsimusi kirjandusprogrammi valgusel. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 24–29.

Kuusksalu, Kertu 2014. Põhihariduse ametliku korralduse areng Eestis aastatel 1992–2012 põhikooli- ja gümnaasiumiseaduse muudatuste alusel ning lähteseis hariduskorralduse arenguks. Bakalaureusetöö. Tartu Ülikool, haridusteaduste instituut. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/41905

Kärner, Jaan 1945. Nõukogude Eesti intelligentsi esimene kongress. – Looming, nr 2, lk 148–153.

Läänemets, Urve 2021. Ratio Studiorum. Õppekavadest ehk kuidas korraldada kooliharidust. Tallinn: Avita, Eesti Muusika- ja Teatriakadeemia.

Mihkla, Karl; Tedre, Ülo 1963. Eesti kirjanduse õpik IX klassile. Tallinn: Eesti Riiklik Kirjastus.

Mikser, Rain; Goodson, Ivor 2020. Eesti haridusalased muutustealgatused kogenud õpetajate vaates: retoorika ja hariduspraktika. – Haridusmõte. (ACTA Universitatis Tallinnensis.) Koost, toim Mati Heidmets. Tallinn: TLÜ Kirjastus, lk 95–128.

Olesk, Sirje 2022. Aegade lugu. Kirjanike liit Eesti NSV-s. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Pilve, Eli 2013. Nõukogude noore kasvatamisest paberil ja päriselt. Ideoloogiline ajupesu Eesti NSV kooli(tunni)s 1953–1991. – Tuna. Ajalookultuuri ajakiri, nr 3, lk 82–100.

Raid, Katrin 2002. Loomise lugu. Eesti aeg. Eesti Kirjanikkude Liit 1922–1940. Tallinn: Eesti Kirjanike Liit.

Raudsepp, Anu 2005. Ajaloo õpetamise korraldus Eesti NSV eesti õppekeelega üldhariduskoolides 1944–1985. (Dissertationes historiae Universitatis Tartuensis 10.) Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus. https://dspace.ut.ee/handle/10062/665

Roos, Jaan 2001. Läbi punase öö. III. 1948. ja 1949. aasta päevik. Lisa: 1944. aasta lõpp. Tartu: Eesti Kirjanduse Selts.

Rõigas, Maia 2006. Eesti keele õpetajate ettevalmistus Tartu Ülikoolis. – Haridus, nr 7–8, lk 10–14.

Sikk, Hoide 1975. Lähtekohti nüüdiskirjanduse käsitlemiseks keskkoolis. – Nõukogude Kool, nr 1, lk 19–23.

Urgart, Oskar 1949. Lenin ja kirjandus. – Looming, nr 1, lk 9–16.

Vaino, Maarja 2011. A. H. Tammsaare muutmine nõukogude kirjanikuks. – Uurimusi 1940. aastate eesti kirjandusest. Koost Anneli Kõvamees, Piret Viires. Tallinn: Eesti Keele Sihtasutus, lk 125–138.

Veski, Karin; Raudsepp, Anu 2015. Vaenlase ja kangelase kuvand eestikeelsetes originaal­õpikutes aastail 1947–1953. – Nõukogude Eesti külma sõja ajal. Koost Tõnu Tannberg. (Eesti Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 23 (30).) Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 200–217.

Vääri, Eduard 2001. Pedagoogika ja filoloogia olukord Eestis aastail 1944–1950. – Eesti kultuur 1940. aastate teisel poolel. (Acta Universitatis Scientiarum Socialium et Artis Educandi Tallinnensis. A, Humaniora = Tallinna Pedagoogikaülikooli toimetised. A, Humaniora = Proceedings of the Tallinn University of Social and Educational Sciences. A, Humaniora 19.) Toim Kaalu Kirme, Maris Kirme. Tallinn: Tallinna Pedagoogika­ülikool, lk 26–36.

Keywords: 1960 Song Festival, exile, Eduard Tubin, cultural relations, splitted society, Soviet influence measures

Khrushchev’s policy of building cultural relations with the West opened up a possibility for communication between Estonians home and abroad in the late 1950s. From the Soviet perspective, this contact was aimed at weakening the anti-Soviet attitudes of refugee organizations and splitting the community that fled to the West. As a consequence of the non-recognition of the annexation of the Baltic states, a portion of the community was determined not to visit their homeland until it was free. Another part, however, did not see much wrong with a trip to their native land. The disagreements and internal divisions of the community inspired the Soviet officials to influence the refugees in different ways. Making use of people’s homesickness and their wish to see friends and family, a number of people were selected for positive inclusion through cultural contact and other means in order to encourage other refugees to follow their example and change their behaviour and attitudes. The 1960 Song Festival seemed like a perfect opportunity to invite people to visit their homeland. The Festival was also meant to coax the acclaimed conductor and composer Eduard Tubin to visit Estonia.

However, the Song Festival failed to activate communication to the desired degree and Tubin also refused to participate. The manipulation of Tubin, which focused on his professional motivation and connections with former colleagues and acquain­tances, finally bore fruit in December 1961. The Ministry of State Security of the Estonian SSR considered this a breakthrough in changing the attitudes of the exiles, as the “emigrant leaders” reacted to Tubin’s visit with calls to refrain from visiting Estonia, which in turn sowed resentment among those who were looking forward to visiting their homeland and deepened internal contradictions. The debate that erupted around attending the Song Festival in Tallinn as well as Tubin’s trip to Estonia brought into view the fragmentation of the Estonian diaspora, the existential concerns of people living in exile that the Soviet authorities deliberately amplified in order to use them for their benefit through various influence operations.

 

Aigi Rahi-Tamm (b. 1965), PhD, University of Tartu, Institute of History and Archaeology, Professor of Archival Studies (Jakobi 2, 51005 Tartu), aigi.rahi-tamm@ut.ee

References

Arhiiviallikad

Rahvusarhiiv (RA)

ERA.5010 – Arvo Horm, majandusteadlane ja ühiskonnategelane

ERA.5010.1.104. Augustikomitee (Eksiilaugustikomitee) koosolekute protokollid koos lisamaterjalidega. 06.1959–07.1959.

ERAF.1 – Eestimaa Kommunistliku Partei Keskkomitee

ERAF.1.191.53. Отчеты о работе республиканских обществ культурной связи с заграницей, напрaвленные в партийные органы. 29.03.1958–20.11.1958.

ERAF.1.218.4. Переписка с ЦК КПСС по вопросам работы культурных связей с заграницей. 13.01.1961–18.09.1961.

ERAF.1.221.50. Informatsioonid EKP Keskkomitee büroo otsuse „Kultuurharidustöö edasise parandamise abinõudest vabariigis” täitmise käigu kohta. 08.10.1960–31.10.1960.

ERAF.1.221.57. Materjalid intelligentsi ja noorsooga tehtava töö kohta. 25.02.1960–28.12.1960.

ERAF.1.254.23. Письма, справки и другие материалы Министерства иностранных дел ЭССР по вопросам контрпропаганды среди эстонской эмиграции. 08.01.1962–18.12.1962.

ERAF.1.302.159. Материалы по письму Андропова О. В. о развитии международного туризма. 20.04.1970–18.06.1970.

ERAF.1.309.48. Väliseestlastega Sidemete Arendamise Komitee avaldus, meetmetest tema töö parendamisel. Tööst eesti emigrantlike keskuste kompromiteerimisel ja lagundamisel. 05.07.1960–01.12.1962.

ERA.R-1590 – ENSV Riiklik Televisiooni- ja Raadiokomitee

ERA.R-1590.2K.917. Artur Rinne. 01.10.1956–01.02.1971.

ERA.R-1970 – ENSV Välisministeerium

ERA.R-1970.1.118. Переписка с МИД СССР, посольствами, учреждениями республики по вопросам перемещенных лиц. 22.01.1959–30.07.1959.

ERA.R-1970.1.137. Переписка с МИД СССР и учреждениями республики о культурных связях с заграницей за 1960 год. 1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.121. Переписка с МИД СССР, с посольствами СССР за границей и учреждениями ЭССР. 02.01.1959–30.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.122. Информации МИД СССР. 10.02.1959–31.12.1959.

ERA.R-1970.2.125. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 09.01.1960–29.12.1960.

ERA.R-1970.2.128. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросам эстонской эмиграции. 19.01.1961–23.11.1961.

ERA.R-1970.2.132. Переписка с Посольством СССР в Швеции по вопросу эстонской эмиграции. 11.01.1962–24.12.1962.

ERA.R-1970.2.134. Переписка с МИД СССР и другими центральными учреждениями СССР. 14.02.1962–15.10.1962.

 

Kirjandus

David-Fox, Michael 2014. The Iron Curtain as semipermeable membrane: Origins and demise of the Stalinist superiority complex. – Cold War Crossings: International Travel and Exchange Across the Soviet Bloc, 1940s–1960s. Toim Patryk Babiracki, Kenyon Zimmer. College Station: University of Texas at Arlington by Texas A&M University Press, lk 14–39.

Gorlizki, Yoram 2013. Structures of trust after Stalin. – The Slavonic and East European Review, kd 91, nr 1, lk 119–146. https://doi.org/10.5699/slaveasteurorev2.91.1.0119

Jones, Polly (toim) 2006. The Dilemmas of De-Stalinization: Negotiating Cul­tural and Social Change in the Khrushchev Era. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203536957

Juurvee, Ivo 2014. Soviet propaganda targeting Estonian Diaspora. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 89−104.

Jürjo, Indrek 1996. Pagulus ja Nõukogude Eesti. Vaateid KGB, EKP ja VEKSA arhiividokumentide põhjal. Tallinn: Umara.

Kozlov, Denis; Gilburd, Eleonory (toim) 2013. The Thaw: Soviet Society and Culture During the 1950s and 1960s. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442661059

Kristuse kuju seinal, laual punane lipp. – Vaba Eestlane 4. V, lk 4.

Kumer-Haukanõmm, Kaja 2007. Balti põgenike problemaatika USA poliitikas 1945–1952. – Eesti NSV aastatel 1940–1953. Sovetiseerimise mehhanismid ja tagajärjed Nõukogude Liidu ja Ida-Euroopa arengute kontekstis. (Ajalooarhiivi toimetised 15 (22).) Toim Tõnu Tannberg. Tartu: Eesti Ajalooarhiiv, lk 273–296.

Mikkonen, Simo 2013. Ameerika ja Nõukogude Liidu kunstivahetus sulaajal: uhketest avamistest rutakate taandumisteni. – Kunst ja reaalpoliitika. (Eesti Kunstimuuseumi toimetised 3 (8).) Tallinn: Eesti Kunstimuuseum, lk 41–56.

Mikkonen, Simo 2014. Giving a lesson in history: Soviet attempts to manipulate Estonian émigré communities. – Historical Memory versus Communist Identity: Proceedings of the Conference “The Shaping of Identity and Personality under Communist Rule: History in the Service of Totalitarian Regimes in Eastern Europe”, Tallinn, 9–10 June 2011. Toim Meelis Saueauk. Tartu: University of Tartu Press, lk 71–88.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2000. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1956. aastal. (Ad fontes 8.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2002. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. Aruanne Eesti NSV MN juures asuva RJK 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö kohta 1957. aastal. (Ad fontes 10.) Tallinn: Eesti Rahvusarhiiv.

Ojamaa, Jüri; Hion, Jaak (tlk, toim) 2005. Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 2. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal; Aruanne Eesti NSV Ministrite Nõukogu juures asuva Riikliku Julgeoleku Komitee 4. osakonna agentuur- ja operatiivtöö tulemuste kohta 1958. aastal. (Ad fontes 14.) Tallinn: Rahvusarhiiv.

Rahi-Tamm, Aigi 2022. The Estonian “Little Singing Revolution” of 1960: From spontaneous practices to ideological manipulations. – East Central Europe, kd 49, nr 2–3, lk 152−174. https://doi.org/10.30965/18763308-49020002

Raid, Lembit 1995. Vaevatee. Tartu Ülikool kommunistlikus parteipoliitikas aastail 1940–1952. Tartu: Tartu Ülikooli Kirjastus.

Rebas, Hain 2016. Eesti koorilaulu lõhestatusest nõukogude aastail. – Mäetagused, nr 63, lk 129–150. https://doi.org/10.7592/MT2016.63.rebas

Rinne, Artur 1980. Ja kägu kukub raal… Tallinn: Perioodika.

Saat, Mari 2015. Matused ja laulupeod. (Aja lugu.) Tartu: Petrone Print.

Tark, Triin 2017. Kodu- ja väliseestlaste vahelise kultuurisuhtluse institutsionaalne raamistik Nõukogude Liidu kultuuridiplomaatia kontekstis. – Ajalooline Ajakiri, nr 4 (162), lk 445−474. https://doi.org/10.12697/AA.2017.4.02

Tubin, Eduard 2006. Kirjad I (1929–1961). Koost Vardo Rumessen. Tallinn: Koolibri, Rahvus­vaheline Eduard Tubina Ühing.

Tubin, Eino 2017. Eduard Tubin: A Biography. Tallinn: International Eduard Tubin Society.

Undusk, Jaan 2008. Eesti, eksiil ja Välis-Eesti. Väike mentaliteedilugu. – Akadeemia, nr 10, lk 2257−2286.

PDF

Struggle over the ages II

How Kreutzwald’s “Kalevipoeg” recreates the meaning of Goethe’s “Faust”

https://doi.org/10.54013/kk785a2

Keywords: family relationships, life narrative, life writing, personal experience stories, trauma

Recent public debates on family-related issues (What constitutes a traditional family? How widespread is domestic violence? What is the purpose of child protective services?) prompted an examination of these themes from the perspective of people’s personal experience. The article is based on manuscripts of life narratives obtained from the collection of Estonian Life Histories in the Estonian Cultural History Archives (EKM EKLA, f 350). The narratives were written down between 1989 and 2017 and provide a glimpse into the societal changes that took place between the 1930s and the early 21st century. The favoured narrative techniques and the ways these changed at the end of the 20th century and at the beginning of the 21st century also become apparent. The article compares Estonian narratives with Finnish ones. The comparison is aided by similar collection methods used both for Estonian and Finnish stories – these are thematic narratives archived by volunteer correspondents. More specifically, the focus is on generational conflicts present in life narratives.

Family relationships (including conflicts) are revealed in the narratives through the lens chosen by the narrator. It seems that family relationships were overshadowed by political issues in Estonian life stories narrated in the 1990s: the narrators concentrated on descriptions of people’s relationship with the Soviet power, including repressive experiences. In the early 2000s, this perspective receded, allowing more space for descriptions of relationships within the family. Depictions of post-war childhood sometimes suggest that children who grew up separately from their mother due to economic, social or other reasons never developed a close bond with her. In narratives collected in 2017, the narrator often looks at her life experience both as a daughter and a mother. In such cases, the focus of the narrative shifts from the relationship between herself and her mother to the development of the narrator as a person.

The comparison between Finnish and Estonian stories reveals that Finnish families tended to remain silent on difficult circumstances, whereas Estonian narratives emphasized the parents’ ability to explain difficult situations to children. Comparing the stories also pointed to a change in the family structure and functions in the 20th century: the pre-war family model included the parents and the children, while in wartime and post-war families, the mother had to take on the father’s former responsibilities. In Finnish research, this is addressed through the lens of trauma studies (e.g., the aggressiveness of the exhausted single mother towards her children). In Estonia, the issue is seen through the framework of the impact of political repressions on a person’s life. However, the trauma discourse is also evident in Estonian narratives. That is, if the narrators themselves have used corporal punishment on their own children. In such cases, the focus is not so much on the events that took place as on a perception of changing values.

 

Tiiu Jaago (b. 1960), PhD, Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tiiu.jaago@ut.ee

Keywords: life after death, categories of time, travels in the land of the dead, religious tales

The article presents a comparative historical analysis of fairy tales of the Friends in Life and Death (ATU/SUS 470) plot type, their features and distribution among Belarusians, Russians and Estonians. In the Estonian and Belarusian material, stories of this type are in some cases contaminated with the ATU 470A and 471A types.

We examine differences in the flow of time in the real world and other worlds, and consider the features of the chronotope of fairy tales and the organization of artistic space within them, as well as ways of transition and communication between the worlds.

According to the most common plot of ATU/SUS 470 fairy tales, two friends promise to be guests at each other’s weddings. One of them dies and the living friend invites the dead one to his wedding; however, after receiving a counter-invitation, he finds himself in another world. There he either travels with the deceased friend through his world, where he sees various curiosities and paradoxes, or celebrates at the wedding of the deceased friend. It seems to the living person that he spent several hours with the deceased friend (or with his brother or father in some Estonian versions), but when he returns to his own world, he discovers that decades or centuries have passed on Earth. Most often, after this discovery, the hero dies and turns to dust, but there are some rare Estonian versions where he miraculously restores ­himself and his bride to their original state (and age), after which they get married again.

 

Alena Boganeva (b. 1964), PhD, Yakub Kolas Institute of Linguistics of the Center for the Belarusian Culture, Language and Literature Research of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Head of the Department of Ethnolinguistics (Surhanava 1, Corpus 2, 220072 Minsk, Belarus), elboganeva@gmail.com

Mare Kõiva (b. 1954), PhD, Estonian Literary Museum, Lead Research Fellow of the Department of Folkloristics, acting head of the Centre of Excellence in Estonian ­Studies (Vanemuise 42, 51003 Tartu), mare@folklore.ee

Keywords: rhetoric, „The Anxiety of Influence”, irony, metonymy, metaphor, Harold Bloom, Paul de Man

The inspiration for this article came from Jüri Talvet’s observation that Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s „Faust” and Friedrich Reinhold Kreutzwald’s „Kalevipoeg” show some remarkable similarities in their philosophical structure and plot. This article therefore aims to compare these two masterpieces by using Harold Bloom’s and Paul de Man’s understanding of tropes. While allusion and intertextuality studies typically focus on a limited number of similarities between two texts, Bloom’s anxiety of influence theory helps to apprehend both texts as a whole. This objective is achievable with two constraints. Firstly, making such a comparison requires us to widen our understanding of tropes. In this analysis, tropes do not signify limited transfers of meaning (from one word to another), but the full transformation of a text’s meaning. The background to this article lies in the hypothesis that large chunks of ­„Kalevipoeg” can be read as tropes that are derived from the verses of „Faust”. ­Secondly, this kind of analysis cannot focus on the style, genre or semantic nuances of both works, but only on the general picture: the stories and their protagonists. The anxiety of influence theory shows that the change of meaning from one work to another can be described by means of two kinds of tropes: limiting and repeating ones. In this article, the limiting tropes of irony, metonymy and metaphor can be used to depict the change of meaning from „Faust” to „Kalevipoeg”. The story of an intellectual who makes a pact with the devil, seeks absolute love and wishes to accomplish godly deeds becomes a story of a mythically strong hero who has no choice, never finds true love and achieves predestined greatness. According to Bloom, this is only half of the comparison. In a follow-up article, I will show how the repeating tropes of synecdoche, hyperbole and metalepsis can be used to demonstrate that the fate of these different protagonists is in fact somewhat similar.

 

Tõnis Parksepp (b. 1987), MA, freelance dramatist; University of Tartu, doctoral student at the Institute of Cultural Research (Ülikooli 16, 51003 Tartu), tonisparksepp@gmail.com

Keywords: semantic types, polysemy, lexicography, lexicology, perception adjectives, corpus linguistics, Estonian

The article aims to identify the patterns of systematic polysemy for Estonian tactile adjectives using semantic types and corpus data. It also discusses the presentation of semantic patterns in a dictionary. This will help to provide a theoretical basis for lexicographers and to align the presentation of adjective polysemy in dictionaries. The dataset for the study consists of 265 tactile adjectives.

The corpus manager and text analysis software Sketch Engine (Kilgarriff et al. 2004, 2014) is used for corpus context analysis. The program allows to observe the collocations of a word based on various statistics, to generate word sketches, and to study words used in similar contexts by means of the thesaurus function. To find the patterns, semantic types are assigned to meanings and similarities are searched between meaning shifts. For tagging the adjective meanings, the semantic types developed to describe Estonian (polysemous) adjectives (Tuulik 2014; Tuulik, Langemets 2016) are used, and for noun meanings, the semantic types of the Estonian noun developed by Margit Langemets (2010) are used. The research method used for analyzing polysemy in the article is of a practical nature and has grown out of real-life lexicographical work.

A total of 13 polysemy patterns emerged in the tactile adjective group. The most common shift was from tactile characteristics to psychological characteristics (in the sense structure of 43 words). Shifts could be observed from pleasant tactile sensations to positive mental characteristics (e.g pehme padi